See in Reader
Converted from en_tn_62-2PE.tsv to tn_2PE.tsv
Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord <info@unfoldingword.org>
This commit is contained in:
unfoldingWord
parent
89b36aed27
commit
f8915a2b8b
475
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
475
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
|
|
@ -1,475 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>1. Reminder to live godly lives because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>1. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>1. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote the book of 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome, just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of Scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of Scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of Scripture (1:20–21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some ancient manuscripts have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some manuscripts have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Bosor” (2:15). A few other manuscripts read, “Beor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other manuscripts have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Reminder to live good lives, because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)<br>3. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)<br><br>Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br><br>Having experiential knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is the knowledge of personal relationship in which God saves a person and gives him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br><br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is as though they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br><br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 n1di figs-123person Σίμων Πέτρος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Simon Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 xf2u translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 **Simon Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 2 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 v381 figs-distinguish δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 a servant and apostle of Jesus Christ This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being both a **servant of Jesus Christ** and one given the position and authority of being Christ’s **apostle**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 mbg7 figs-123person τοῖς & λαχοῦσιν 1 to those who have received In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who have received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον ἡμῖν λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have **received a faith** implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has given a faith equal in value with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 x186 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἰσότιμον & λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “to those whom God has made to trust” or “to those whom God has made to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 y157 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 with us Here, the word **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to those to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “as we apostles have received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 xdyd ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 The word **by** indicates the means through which they received the faith. Alternate translation: “by means of the righteousness”
|
||||
2PE 1 1 fpsl figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective such as “righteous” or “right.” Alternate translation: “the righteous acts of our God and Savior” or “the right way of our God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 oaej translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 y7l9 figs-explicit χάρις & καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace be multiplied God is the one who will give **grace** and **peace** to believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that information explicit. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 ui01 figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor χάρις & καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace be multiplied Peter speaks of **grace and peace** as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 x8na figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural, since Peter is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally, throughout the letter the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord If you would not use an abstract noun here, you could translate **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because you know God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 xgax ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 This could mean: (1) “because of knowing God and Jesus our Lord” or (2) “through knowing God and Jesus our Lord.”
|
||||
2PE 1 2 pmb9 figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 ywj9 grammar-connect-logic-result ὡς & ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ & δεδωρημένης 1 Here, **As** indicates that this verse provides the reason for the expected result, which is Peter’s command in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “Since his divine power has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 zwdo figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 rtxn writing-pronouns τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God’s divine power” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, by his power as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xdrw figs-abstractnouns τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “God, because he can do anything,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xz3s figs-personification τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ & δεδωρημένης 1 Peter is speaking of God’s **divine power** as if it were a living thing that could give something to people. God is the one who is giving, and he uses his **divine power** to do so. Alternate translation: “God has used his divine power to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 x8qv grammar-connect-logic-goal πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 Here, the word **for** indicates the purpose for which God has given all these things to believers. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of life and godliness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here, **godliness** describes the word **life**. Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xr1r figs-abstractnouns εὐσέβειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **godliness** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “acting honorably toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 bl1o διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 1 The word **through** here indicates the means by which God has given us all things for life and godliness. Alternate translation: “by means of the knowledge”
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xvh0 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “through our knowing the one who called us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 cxxo τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “of God, who called us” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, who called us”
|
||||
2PE 1 3 an3z figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** refers to Peter and his audience, fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 twp8 διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which God called us. Alternate translation: “by means of his glory and excellence”
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xmxh figs-abstractnouns διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **glory** and **excellence** by stating the ideas behind them with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because he is so great and so good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 g7fc δι’ ὧν 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which God gave his promises. Alternate translation: “by means of which”
|
||||
2PE 1 4 m91m writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 Here, **which** refers back to words from the previous verse. It could refer to: (1) “his glory and excellence.” Alternate translation: “through his glory and excellence” (2) “all the things for life and godliness.” Alternate translation: “by giving us all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 zspe figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and his audience, fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 dl8v writing-pronouns δεδώρηται 1 The pronoun **he** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God has given” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 xnjn figs-abstractnouns τὰ τίμια καὶ μέγιστα ἡμῖν ἐπαγγέλματα δεδώρηται, 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **promises** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “he has promised to us precious and great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 zxij grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα διὰ τούτων γένησθε θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God has given to us precious and great promises. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that through them you might be sharers of the divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 f42f διὰ τούτων 1 The word **through** here indicates the means by which you might be sharers of the divine nature. Alternate translation: “by means of them”
|
||||
2PE 1 4 umh8 writing-pronouns διὰ τούτων 1 Here the pronoun **them** refers back to the precious and great promises of the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “through these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 yk7g figs-abstractnouns θείας & φύσεως 1 The abstract noun **nature** refers to the inherent features of something or what it is like. Alternate translation: “of what God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 p2yj figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς & φθορᾶς 1 Peter speaks of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 xxuj figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** could mean: (1) the place where we all live, where we are surrounded by sinful people and temptations to sin. Alternate translation: “that is all around us” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “of the world’s ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 wnec ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the world became corrupt. It does not indicate the means by which Peter’s addressees escaped corruption. Alternate translation: “by means of lust”
|
||||
2PE 1 4 kjnh figs-abstractnouns φθορᾶς 1 corruption If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **corruption** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “things that corrupt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 exd9 figs-explicit καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ 1 The phrase **{for} this same {reason}** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 ceir σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες 1 The phrase **applying all diligence** indicates the means by which one is to do the action of supplying that follows. Alternate translation: “by means of applying all diligence”
|
||||
2PE 1 5 xp0n figs-idiom σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες 1 Here, **applying all diligence** is an idiom that means doing one’s best or making the best effort. Alternate translation: “making every effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 j0tr figs-abstractnouns ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ πίστει ὑμῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in Jesus, add” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 tukx figs-you ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **your** is plural here, since Peter is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally, throughout the letter the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 wj3w figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀρετήν & τῇ ἀρετῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **goodness** with an adjective phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “doing what is good … doing what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 x74i figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀρετῇ τὴν γνῶσιν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in your goodness, knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 r61t figs-abstractnouns τὴν γνῶσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 anfs figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ γνώσει τὴν ἐνκράτειαν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in knowledge, self-control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 anfa figs-abstractnouns τῇ γνώσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 s5ni figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐνκράτειαν & τῇ ἐνκρατείᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **self-control** with a verbal phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “controlling yourself … controlling yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 wloy figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐνκρατείᾳ τὴν ὑπομονήν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in self-control, endurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 ajag figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὑπομονήν & τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a verbal phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “enduring hardship … enduring hardship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 mile figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ ὑπομονῇ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in endurance, godliness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 x7go figs-abstractnouns τὴν εὐσέβειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **godliness** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “acting honorably toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 7 nbk3 figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ τὴν φιλαδελφίαν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in godliness, brotherly affection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 7 a8ti figs-abstractnouns τὴν φιλαδελφίαν & τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **brotherly affection** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “being concerned for your brothers and sisters … being concerned for your brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 7 xzwn figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ τὴν ἀγάπην 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in brotherly affection, love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 7 h713 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “loving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 tlhv grammar-connect-logic-result ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα 1 The word **For** here indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “Because these things existing and increasing in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ecc5 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 Peter is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if these things are existing and increasing in you, then they will cause you to be neither barren nor unfruitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 jz77 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 l7yj figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a field that will not produce a crop. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause you to be neither unproductive nor useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 qcav figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “cause you to produce and bear fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 f9qm figs-doublet οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους 1 The words **barren** and **unfruitful** mean basically the same thing. In combination with the negatives **neither** and **nor**, they are used together to emphasize that this person will not be unproductive but will experience great benefits from knowing Jesus. If it is confusing in your language to use two words together that mean the same thing, you could just use one word with that meaning. Alternate translation: “not unproductive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in your knowing our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 k6lv grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that Peter is giving another reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Peter gave a positive reason in [1:8](../01/08.md) and gives a negative reason here. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gg2c figs-genericnoun ᾧ & μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα, τυφλός ἐστιν 1 he in whom these things are not present Here, **he** does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does not have these things. Alternate translation: “anyone who does not have these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 vycf figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 The phrase **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 h6fn figs-metaphor τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 is blind, nearsighted In this metaphor, Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if the person were **blind** or **nearsighted**. He means this in a spiritual sense, that this person cannot see what is spiritually important. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he … is like a blind or shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 xenf figs-hendiadys τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 Although the words **blind** and **nearsighted** have similar meanings, **blind** is more extreme than **nearsighted,** and a person cannot be both at the same time. If it is confusing in your language to describe someone using both of these words in this way, you could use a word like “or” between them or show how they might work together. Alternate translation: “he … is blind or nearsighted” or “he … is blindly nearsighted” or “he … is so nearsighted that he is blind to what is spiritually important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 i0hq figs-abstractnouns λήθην λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **forgetfulness** in this phrase with a verb. Alternate translation: “having forgotten the cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gq4d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 of the cleansing from his past sins If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **cleansing** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “that God has cleansed him from his old sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gopx figs-metaphor τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 Peter is speaking of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “of the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 ob38 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the two reasons for obedience given in [1:8–9](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 xfdb figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** as a way to directly address his fellow believers in Jesus. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 ot7y figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 to make your calling and election sure The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and both refer to God choosing believers to belong to him. Peter uses them together to emphasize this idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use just one word and provide the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 pm78 writing-pronouns ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 xx39 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 Peter is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if you do these things, then you will certainly not ever stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 kd2t οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 The combination of the words **certainly not ever** here expresses strong emphatic negation. Alternate translation: “you will most certainly never stumble”
|
||||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 you will not ever stumble Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) abandoning faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not abandon faith in Christ” (2) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not practice sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 xvh1 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his readers should want to obey the commands given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 sl6c figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 k1e4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 du69 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 xxjq writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 onqh figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 l2kh figs-metaphor ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the present truth Here, **established** is used to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 jys8 ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
|
||||
2PE 1 12 pqq2 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **present** is used as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 12 yy7r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective, such as “true.” Alternate translation: “in these true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 p1da grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **But** could mean: (1) Peter is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. His audience already knows the truth, but he wants to remind them again. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Nevertheless.” (2) Peter is connecting this statement with what he said at the beginning of the previous verse. Peter is always ready to remind them of the truth, and he thinks it is correct to do so. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 ax2a figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι 1 as long as I am in this tent Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “as long as I am in this body” or “as long as I live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 vmj2 figs-metaphor διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 to stir you up in remembrance Peter uses **arouse** to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this usage by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 q0sv figs-abstractnouns διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 slej grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 In this clause Peter is giving a reason why he will always remind his audience of doctrinal truths in this letter, specifically faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because I know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 j8f5 figs-metaphor ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου 1 the putting off of my tent is imminent Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: “I will soon take off this body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 fpng figs-euphemism ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου 1 the putting off of my tent is imminent **Putting off** his **tent** is a nice way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “I will die soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 yzag καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, ἐδήλωσέν μοι 1 Suggested footnote: “Peter may be referring here to what Jesus told him, as recorded in John 21:18–19.”
|
||||
2PE 1 15 aau5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ καὶ 1 **Likewise** here could mean that: (1) this statement is in addition to what Peter just said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Moreover” (2) this statement is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2PE 1 15 xz8d figs-abstractnouns ἑκάστοτε, ἔχειν ὑμᾶς & τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 15 c2iw writing-pronouns τούτων 1 of these things Here, **these things** refers to what Peter has said in the previous verses, specifically the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 15 ivw6 figs-euphemism μετὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἔξοδον 1 after my departure Peter uses the word **departure** as a nice way to speak of his death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more common euphemism in your language, or state it directly. Alternate translation: “after my passing” or “after I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 k3rm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: **For** indicates that in [1:16–21](../01/16.md) Peter explains to the believers why they should remember “these things,” which were mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive οὐ & ἐγνωρίσαμεν 1 we have not followed Here, **we** refers to Peter and the other apostles. It does not refer to his readers. Alternate translation: “we apostles did not follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 jwy8 figs-hendiadys τὴν & δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 the power and coming The words **power** and **coming** work together to refer to the same thing; they may be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the powerful coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 coming of our Lord Jesus Christ In this clause Peter refers to the second coming of the Lord Jesus to earth. This future event was foreshadowed by the powerful appearance of Jesus known as the “transfiguration,” which is described in Matthew 17:1–8, Mark 9:1–8, and Luke 9:28–36. Peter was an eyewitness of that event.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 miqe ἐπόπται γενηθέντες 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the apostles had made known to others the second coming of Jesus. The apostles based their teaching about the return of Jesus partly on their eyewitness experience. Alternate translation: “by means of becoming eyewitnesses”
|
||||
2PE 1 16 xxhh writing-pronouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 The pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the majesty of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 k3w3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **majesty** with an adjective such as “majestic.” Alternate translation: “of his majestic nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 x93a grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](../01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 q605 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 xlph figs-abstractnouns λαβὼν & παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory** by translating them with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 o62f writing-quotations φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “such a voice having been brought to him by the Majestic Glory, and this is what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 sz0p writing-pronouns ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly the idea behind this connection. Alternate translation: “having been brought to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 the Majestic Glory Peter refers to God in terms of his **Glory**. The glory of God is closely associated with God himself and here substitutes for his name. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 cxh2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 ppum writing-pronouns μου & μου & ἐγὼ 1 The pronouns **my** and **myself** refer to God the Father, who is the one speaking in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven With the words **we ourselves**, Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who also heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “we, James, John, and I, heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 when we were with him This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ricv writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this reference explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 daqi figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 h498 ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
|
||||
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we have Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 sjd3 figs-pronouns ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 to which you do well to pay attention Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xilf figs-declarative ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 hmb7 figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 Peter speaks of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star may rise in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 v0ju figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 bl8s figs-explicit φωσφόρος 1 the morning star The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which is sometimes visible in the sky just before the sun rises, thus indicating that daybreak is near. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “the star that appears just before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
|
||||
2PE 1 20 ctiz figs-declarative τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Peter is using a statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this by translating it as a command. If you do so, it might be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Above all, know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 figs-infostructure πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
2PE 1 20 p5xo figs-abstractnouns ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this with a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 isqj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ & θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 yxdx figs-abstractnouns οὐ & θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 21 x1xw figs-ellipsis ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 In this phrase, Peter is leaving out a word that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this word is required in your language, it can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “spoke prophecy from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br><br>Peter continues this letter in [2:1–3](../02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](../02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](../02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in [2:4–8](../02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 us8u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The term translated **Now** could refer to: (1) a new topic expressed by **Now** in the ULT. (2) a contrast between the false prophets in this clause and the true Old Testament prophets mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 l2cg figs-explicit ἐν τῷ λαῷ 1 false prophets also came to the people, as false teachers will also come to you Here, **the people** refers specifically to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 tbz8 translate-unknown αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies Here, **heresies** refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. Alternate translation: “opinions of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 x2bn figs-abstractnouns αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” or “heresies that destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 jif2 figs-possession αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 wnuv αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
|
||||
2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 xaan grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 xk1x ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
|
||||
2PE 2 1 flv3 figs-abstractnouns ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 eevb figs-explicit πολλοὶ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that **many** refers to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 xzw1 figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσουσιν 1 Here Peter uses the word **follow** to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 dg82 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 z53e ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
|
||||
2PE 2 2 fz5m writing-pronouns δι’ οὓς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers. It does not refer to the licentious acts in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “through these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 cqjb figs-metaphor ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 vspm figs-possession ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **truth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the true way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 nzx7 figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 the way of truth will be slandered If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “unbelievers will slander the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 x3oo figs-personification ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 Peter speaks of **the way of truth** as if it were a person who could be **slandered** or shown disrespect. Alternate translation: “they will say bad things about the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 l8ta figs-explicit ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 Peter assumes that his audience will know that unbelievers will be the ones who slander the Christian faith when they see the sensual lives of the false teachers and their followers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way of truth will be slandered by unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 xs4g ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 Here, **in** indicates the reason for what the false teachers do. Alternate translation: “because of greed”
|
||||
2PE 2 3 td8q figs-abstractnouns ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **greed** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 they will exploit you with false words Here, **false words** are the means by which the false teachers will exploit their victims. Alternate translation: “by means of false words”
|
||||
2PE 2 3 xbnf figs-metonymy πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 Peter is using the term **words** to describe the teachings of the false teachers that were conveyed by using **words**. Alternate translation: “by false teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 borm writing-pronouns ἐμπορεύσονται 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will exploit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 xtws writing-pronouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not idle for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 xvw3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
|
||||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” by stating the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 k2g4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 s115 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare Here, **spare** means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
|
||||
2PE 2 4 dzi2 figs-distinguish ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων 1 Peter uses **who had sinned** to distinguish the angels who were punished by God from those that were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 xwxn translate-textvariants σειροῖς ζόφου 1 Some of the best ancient manuscripts read “pits” instead of “chains.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of darkness This phrase could refer to: (1) chains in a very dark place. Alternate translation: “in chains in darkness” (2) a very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains. Alternate translation: “bound in darkness like chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 b54v translate-names ταρταρώσας 1 having been thrown down to Tartarus The word **Tartarus** is a term from Ancient Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Some Ancient Jewish literature written in Greek uses **Tartarus** as a term for the place where God punishes the wicked. Alternate translation: “he cast them into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 xgmp figs-explicit παρέδωκεν 1 God is the one who **handed over** the angels who had sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “God handed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 jjzw figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν 1 Here, Peter speaks of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 c2ak grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **judgment** by translating it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
|
||||
2PE 2 5 t2w9 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 iw5v figs-idiom ὄγδοον, Νῶε 1 Here, **eighth** is an idiom used to refer to a group of eight people. It means that Noah was one of only eight people in the ancient world whom God did not destroy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the literal meaning of the idiom. Alternate translation: “eight people, including Noah” or “with seven others, Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 llfu figs-distinguish Νῶε, δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 This phrase gives us more information about Noah. It tells us that Noah proclaimed **righteousness** to the ungodly people of the ancient world. It does not distinguish this Noah from any other person named Noah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 kro6 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers righteous deeds. Alternate translation: “a preacher of righteous deeds” or “a preacher of how to act rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 xy9u figs-possession δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) a preacher who is characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “a preacher who is righteous” (2) a preacher who tells others to live righteously. Alternate translation: “one who urged others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 enbs κατακλυσμὸν κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας 1 This clause indicates when God protected Noah and his other seven family members, when he **brought a flood upon the world**, as it is translated in the UST.
|
||||
2PE 2 5 z814 figs-possession κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) the human content of the ancient world. Alternate translation: “the world that contained ungodly people” (2) the world as being characterized by ungodliness. Alternate translation: “the ungodly world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 xhcb grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the third condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 ap1j figs-infostructure καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed **Sodom and Gomorrah**. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
|
||||
2PE 2 6 xfyx writing-pronouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 w1b9 figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **destruction** by translating the idea behind it with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 hgt7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 eocy figs-genericnoun ἀσεβέσιν 1 Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 fm1p grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 zif8 writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 uknf figs-distinguish καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Connecting Statement: This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 mort figs-activepassive καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 x8vy grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 wrba figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων & ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 wq2r τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones”
|
||||
2PE 2 7 xnys figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 k79d figs-explicit τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 dvle writing-background γὰρ 1 Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 sn4w figs-abstractnouns βλέμματι γὰρ καὶ ἀκοῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **seeing** and **hearing** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for by what he saw and what he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 b1ba figs-explicit ὁ δίκαιος 1 that righteous man This refers to Lot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “righteous Lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 xdlw ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 This clause indicates the time when Lot dwelled in Sodom. Alternate translation: “when he lived among them”
|
||||
2PE 2 8 xa7g writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the inhabitants of Sodom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **them** refers to. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 ujf1 figs-idiom ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας 1 This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν δικαίαν & ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormenting his righteous soul Here, **soul** refers to Lot’s thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: “was greatly disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 co5v ἀνόμοις ἔργοις 1 This phrase could mean: (1) the **lawless works** were the means by which Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “with lawless works” (2) the **lawless works** were the reason why Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “because of lawless works”
|
||||
2PE 2 9 j0m1 grammar-connect-condition-fact οἶδεν Κύριος 1 This verse and the next verse are the end of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is giving the result of the previous conditions being true. If you have made [2:4–10](../02/04.md) into separate sentences, then you will need to indicate that [2:9](../02/09.md) is the result of the previous conditions being true. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it is true that the Lord knows how” or “Since these things are true, it is also true that the Lord knows how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 xk2a grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 Here, **and** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 bcf3 figs-ellipsis πειρασμοῦ & ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 xdos grammar-connect-logic-goal κολαζομένους 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 qwcm figs-activepassive ἀδίκους & κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 9 ms6u εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
|
||||
2PE 2 9 xnf3 figs-possession ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 skh8 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 xuxw figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀπίσω & πορευομένους 1 Connecting Statement: Peter uses the phrase **going after** to refer to habitually doing something. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “those habitually engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 eb1k figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement Here, **flesh** is used to refer to person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this figure of speech literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 xg5a ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ 1 those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement Here, **in** indicates that this phrase shows the means by which the wicked people go after the flesh. Alternate translation: “by means of practicing its lusts of defilement”
|
||||
2PE 2 10 xndv figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilement** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in its lusts that defile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 c571 grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **and** indicates that this clause provides an additional characteristic of those mentioned in the previous clause. It does not indicate a second group of wicked people. These wicked people not only pursue their sinful desires, but also despise authority. Alternate translation: “and who also despise authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **authority** could refer to: (1) God’s authority, as suggested from the examples of rebelling against God in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “despising God’s authority” (2) angelic authority, as suggested by the insulting of “glorious ones” mentioned in the remainder of the verse. Alternate translation: “despising the authority of angels”
|
||||
2PE 2 10 n89f τολμηταὶ 1 **Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](../02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 nkjm figs-exclamations τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις 1 The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed **Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want”
|
||||
2PE 2 10 x82c writing-pronouns οὐ τρέμουσιν 1 Here, **They** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 f4gi δόξας & βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones”
|
||||
2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people”
|
||||
2PE 2 11 u2jk figs-distinguish ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2PE 2 11 ljdy figs-ellipsis ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the surrounding context, which is a description of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “being greater in strength and power than these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 2 11 vg2j figs-doublet ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 The words **strength** and **power** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Together, the words describe extreme power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this pair of words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “being much more powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt writing-pronouns οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν & βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 do not bring insulting judgments against them Here, **them** could mean: (1) the “glorious ones.” Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these glorious ones.” (2) the false teachers. Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these false teachers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ytrj writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι & ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Peter describes the false teachers by comparing them to **unreasoning animals**. Just as **animals** cannot think rationally, neither can these people. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are like animals who are not capable of thinking rationally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 xhxj figs-distinguish γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This clause gives more information about the unreasoning animals and thus, by way of comparison, the false teachers. Alternate translation: “which have by nature been born for capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 yxsy γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 Here, **by nature** means that the unreasoning animals (and false teachers by comparison) were destined for capture and destruction due to their very nature as animals born for this purpose. Alternate translation: “according to their nature, these animals are born for capture and destruction”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 x14h grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This is a purpose clause. The word **for** here indicates that what follows it is the purpose for which these animals have been born. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 erfh figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 h4v8 καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ig4v figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 p7g7 figs-metaphor ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive as if it were a wage they had earned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 x4gd figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **unrighteousness** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 xjr6 figs-abstractnouns ἡδονὴν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **pleasure** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 e62s figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 their reveling during the day Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 hl1e τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 This phrase indicates the time when the false teachers were **reveling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **in** as “during.” Doing these things “during the day” indicates that these people are not ashamed of this behavior. Alternate translation: “reveling during the day”
|
||||
2PE 2 13 u1rc figs-metaphor σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 They are stains and blemishes Peter speaks of the false teachers as if they were **stains** or **blemishes** on a garment that cause shame for those who wear it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating it as a simile. Alternate translation: “like stains and blemishes on clothes, which cause disgrace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 pwd5 figs-doublet σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 They are stains and blemishes The words **stains** and **blemishes** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “unsightly stains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 vz0j figs-ellipsis σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 For emphasis, here Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “They are stains and blemishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 x3uj figs-abstractnouns ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 v7t4 figs-metonymy ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 having eyes full of adultery Here, **eyes** refers to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 xo71 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
|
||||
2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here, **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 xkt6 figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 xi4q figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses the word **followed** to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 v9lx translate-names Βαλαὰμ & Βοσὸρ 1 the right way **Bosor** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 alxl figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 v3wn writing-pronouns ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 befr figs-possession ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **wages** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “who loved the unrighteous wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 x5gg figs-abstractnouns μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with the adjective “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “the unrighteous wages” or “the wages for unrighteous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν & ἔσχεν 1 he had a rebuke If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **rebuke** as a verb and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 gsm7 figs-explicit ἔλεγξιν & ἔσχεν 1 he had a rebuke If it would be helpful in your language, you could specify who rebuked Balaam. This clause could mean: (1) the donkey rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: “a donkey rebuked him” (2) God rebuked Balaam through the donkey. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 x7zu figs-explicit ἰδίας παρανομίας 1 This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 v90z ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xrpf figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 xgoc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα & ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
|
||||
2PE 2 18 x2by figs-possession ὑπέρογκα & ματαιότητος 1 speaking arrogant things of vanity Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 n2pr figs-abstractnouns ματαιότητος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vanity** with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 f8tg writing-pronouns δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 They entice people by the lusts of the flesh Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 t543 figs-metaphor ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 bibq ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
|
||||
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error Here, Peter speaks of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 xqla ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 je1k writing-pronouns ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 n0bh figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς; 1 Peter uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize the irony of spiritually enslaved people promising spiritual freedom to others. Alternate translation: “while they themselves are slaves of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor δοῦλοι 1 Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 xyua figs-possession δοῦλοι & τῆς φθορᾶς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that are characterized by **destruction**. Alternate translation: “slaves that will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 xqmy figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive sentence with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 v3xc γὰρ 1 Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
|
||||
2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ & ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 efnj figs-metaphor εἰ & ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 xpo9 figs-abstractnouns τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilements** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 zxcf figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις & πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d42g figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 x7gd grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 e3dv writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 xg05 figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-idiom τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 lib0 ἐπιγνοῦσιν 1 This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
|
||||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς & ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς & ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 xwid figs-abstractnouns τῆς & ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 hqr3 writing-pronouns συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 pc36 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning by translating these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 xgjp translate-unknown κύων 1 A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **dog** was an insult. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 xycp translate-unknown ὗς 1 A **pig** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **pig** was an insult. If pigs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 n92f figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse**, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν & τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 p4i5 figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 ijnq figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 jnq2 figs-abstractnouns τῆς & ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **command** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 jx0u figs-genericnoun τῆς & ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 vusd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ Κυρίου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **Lord** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 x9rg figs-abstractnouns Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **Savior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 tsn4 τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν 1 This phrase indicates the means by which **the command of the Lord and Savior** was given to Peter’s readers. Alternate translation: “by means of your apostles”
|
||||
2PE 3 2 xbuo figs-explicit τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν 1 Here, **your apostles** could refer to: (1) the apostles who proclaimed the teachings of Christ to Peter’s readers or ministered to them in some way. Alternate translation: “the apostles who serve you” (2) all apostles, who belong to all Christians. Alternate translation: “the apostles of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 lm1a τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 knowing this first Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. See how you translated this in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
|
||||
2PE 3 3 xcd9 figs-declarative τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 knowing this first Peter is using a statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this by translating it as a command. If you do so, it might be helpful to start a new sentence here. See how you translated this in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “Above all, know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 mjgr figs-abstractnouns ἐλεύσονται & ἐν ἐμπαιγμονῇ ἐμπαῖκται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mockery** with a verb. Alternate translation: “mockers will come and mock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 s69n figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, Peter uses **going** to refer to habitually doing something, like someone who walks toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 fe37 writing-quotations καὶ λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 hgdm figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his coming? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 lw3y figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-metonymy ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where is the promise of his coming? Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 wm6z writing-pronouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 u54w figs-explicit τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 xfkr figs-metaphor ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 Here, **the fathers** is used. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 from the beginning of creation If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **creation** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 g2ph figs-activepassive λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 xgsy figs-ellipsis θέλοντας ὅτι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “that the heavens existed long ago by the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth out of water and through water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 had been formed from water and through water This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
|
||||
2PE 3 5 o7sz figs-metonymy τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 jh4r writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 hvc3 ὁ τότε κόσμος 1 Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
|
||||
2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
|
||||
2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this contrast explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ & νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 e673 figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 ghco grammar-connect-logic-goal πυρὶ 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 nl8w figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 u7x2 εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **for** could refer to: (1) the purpose for which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
|
||||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **judgment** and **destruction** by stating the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind and destroys the ungodly men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 zxxk figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of the ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2PE 3 8 s5cy ἓν & τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “do not fail to understand this one fact” or “do not ignore this one thing”
|
||||
2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
|
||||
2PE 3 8 o1wc figs-doublet μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 3 9 zv9m figs-metonymy οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 9 dzq8 figs-explicit ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 9 a18l figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 3 9 szyk grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι 1 This clause indicates the reason why God is delaying the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he does not want any to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 9 l9ay figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 3 9 jwjo figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but all to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 w6ma grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει & ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα & λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα & λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
|
||||
2PE 3 10 lz8t στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
|
||||
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 qnu5 figs-explicit γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z9f6 γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
|
||||
2PE 3 11 buq4 grammar-connect-logic-result τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 tpfg writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this emphasis by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 qoui figs-ellipsis ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 bqnn προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας 1 Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
|
||||
2PE 3 12 b73o writing-pronouns δι’ ἣν 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 ko6c πυρούμενοι 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being set on fire”
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα, τήκεται 1 the elements Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed by heat” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed by heat” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 12 i1ry καυσούμενα 1 the elements This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being burned up by heat”
|
||||
2PE 3 13 ptmy figs-infostructure καινοὺς & οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν 1 Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
2PE 3 13 r2y9 writing-pronouns κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 13 evi0 τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
|
||||
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 byr8 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 rtyg ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 Here, **in peace** could refer to: (1) having peace with God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “at peace with God” (2) feeling peace in one’s heart. Alternate translation: “with peace in your heart”
|
||||
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord as salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 pd30 figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation** by translating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 vbso figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **salvation** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 vo82 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος 1 Peter is using the term **brother** to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **wisdom** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 weh2 figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 sg60 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 sh4j grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wrqu figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 kn3d grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 wk5v figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 bq8o grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ & ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ & ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
2PE 3 17 um49 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 Here, Peter uses **led astray** to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 px85 τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”
|
||||
2PE 3 18 ccm3 figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε & ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here, **grow** is used to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 zjqa ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει 1 Here, **in** means “with reference to.” Alternate translation: “with reference to the grace and knowledge”
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **grace** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “kind acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 qlbc figs-abstractnouns γνώσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 z13o figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction and indicates that our also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” If you include both of these phrases in your translation, then you will also need to put a comma at the end of the second phrase. Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 bpnr figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May everyone glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 u1g9 figs-idiom εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος 1 Here, **to the day of the age** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
|
|||
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
|
||||
front:intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 2 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n1. Reminder to live godly lives because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)\n1. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)\n1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)\n1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)\n1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)\n1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)\n1. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 2 Peter?\n\nThe author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote the book of 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome, just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.\n\n### What is the book of 2 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the people Peter spoke against?\n\nIt is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.\n\n### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?\n\nThe doctrine of Scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of Scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of Scripture (1:20–21).\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Peter?\n\nFor the following verses, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.\n* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some ancient manuscripts have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”\n* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some manuscripts have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”\n* “Bosor” (2:15). A few other manuscripts read, “Beor.”\n* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other manuscripts have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1:intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Reminder to live good lives, because God has enabled us to do so (1:3–15)\n3. Reminder of the veracity of apostolic teaching (1:16–21)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Knowledge of God\n\nHaving experiential knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is the knowledge of personal relationship in which God saves a person and gives him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])\n\n### Living godly lives\n\nPeter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is as though they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The truth of Scripture\n\nPeter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
|
||||
1:1 n1di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Σίμων Πέτρος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Simon Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1:1 xf2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 **Simon Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 2 Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1:1 v381 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 This phrase gives further information about Simon Peter. He describes himself as being both a **servant of Jesus Christ** and one given the position and authority of being Christ’s **apostle**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
1:1 mbg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῖς & λαχοῦσιν 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who have received” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1:1 yy7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον ἡμῖν λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 That these people have **received a faith** implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has given a faith equal in value with us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:1 x186 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἰσότιμον & λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “to those whom God has made to trust” or “to those whom God has made to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:1 y157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, the word **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to those to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “as we apostles have received” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:1 xdyd ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 The word **by** indicates the means through which they received the faith. Alternate translation: “by means of the righteousness”
|
||||
1:1 fpsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective such as “righteous” or “right.” Alternate translation: “the righteous acts of our God and Savior” or “the right way of our God and Savior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:2 oaej rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
1:2 y7l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χάρις & καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 God is the one who will give **grace** and **peace** to believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that information explicit. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:2 ui01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:2 n59n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor χάρις & καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 Peter speaks of **grace and peace** as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:2 x8na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural, since Peter is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally, throughout the letter the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1:2 vq19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 If you would not use an abstract noun here, you could translate **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because you know God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:2 xgax ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 This could mean: (1) “because of knowing God and Jesus our Lord” or (2) “through knowing God and Jesus our Lord.”
|
||||
1:2 pmb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1:3 ywj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὡς & ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ & δεδωρημένης 1 Here, **As** indicates that this verse provides the reason for the expected result, which is Peter’s command in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “Since his divine power has given to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:3 zwdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:3 rtxn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God’s divine power” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, by his power as God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:3 xdrw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “God, because he can do anything,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:3 xz3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ & δεδωρημένης 1 Peter is speaking of God’s **divine power** as if it were a living thing that could give something to people. God is the one who is giving, and he uses his **divine power** to do so. Alternate translation: “God has used his divine power to give” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1:3 x8qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 Here, the word **for** indicates the purpose for which God has given all these things to believers. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of life and godliness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1:3 epx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 Here, **godliness** describes the word **life**. Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1:3 xr1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εὐσέβειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **godliness** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “acting honorably toward God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:3 bl1o διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 1 The word **through** here indicates the means by which God has given us all things for life and godliness. Alternate translation: “by means of the knowledge”
|
||||
1:3 xvh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “through our knowing the one who called us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:3 cxxo τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “of God, who called us” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, who called us”
|
||||
1:3 an3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and his audience, fellow believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:3 twp8 διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which God called us. Alternate translation: “by means of his glory and excellence”
|
||||
1:3 xmxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **glory** and **excellence** by stating the ideas behind them with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because he is so great and so good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:4 g7fc δι’ ὧν 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which God gave his promises. Alternate translation: “by means of which”
|
||||
1:4 m91m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 Here, **which** refers back to words from the previous verse. It could refer to: (1) “his glory and excellence.” Alternate translation: “through his glory and excellence” (2) “all the things for life and godliness.” Alternate translation: “by giving us all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:4 zspe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and his audience, fellow believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:4 dl8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δεδώρηται 1 The pronoun **he** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God has given” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus has given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:4 xnjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ τίμια καὶ μέγιστα ἡμῖν ἐπαγγέλματα δεδώρηται, 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **promises** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “he has promised to us precious and great things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:4 zxij rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα διὰ τούτων γένησθε θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God has given to us precious and great promises. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that through them you might be sharers of the divine nature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
1:4 f42f διὰ τούτων 1 The word **through** here indicates the means by which you might be sharers of the divine nature. Alternate translation: “by means of them”
|
||||
1:4 umh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διὰ τούτων 1 Here the pronoun **them** refers back to the precious and great promises of the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “through these promises” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:4 yk7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θείας & φύσεως 1 The abstract noun **nature** refers to the inherent features of something or what it is like. Alternate translation: “of what God is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:4 p2yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς & φθορᾶς 1 Peter speaks of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:4 xxuj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** could mean: (1) the place where we all live, where we are surrounded by sinful people and temptations to sin. Alternate translation: “that is all around us” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “of the world’s ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:4 wnec ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the world became corrupt. It does not indicate the means by which Peter’s addressees escaped corruption. Alternate translation: “by means of lust”
|
||||
1:4 kjnh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns φθορᾶς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **corruption** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “things that corrupt you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:5 exd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ 1 The phrase **{for} this same {reason}** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:5 ceir σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες 1 The phrase **applying all diligence** indicates the means by which one is to do the action of supplying that follows. Alternate translation: “by means of applying all diligence”
|
||||
1:5 xp0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες 1 Here, **applying all diligence** is an idiom that means doing one’s best or making the best effort. Alternate translation: “making every effort” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1:5 j0tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ πίστει ὑμῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in Jesus, add” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:5 tukx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **your** is plural here, since Peter is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally, throughout the letter the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1:5 wj3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀρετήν & τῇ ἀρετῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **goodness** with an adjective phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “doing what is good … doing what is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:5 x74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀρετῇ τὴν γνῶσιν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in your goodness, knowledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:5 r61t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν γνῶσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:6 anfs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ γνώσει τὴν ἐνκράτειαν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in knowledge, self-control” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:6 anfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ γνώσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:6 s5ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐνκράτειαν & τῇ ἐνκρατείᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **self-control** with a verbal phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “controlling yourself … controlling yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:6 wloy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐνκρατείᾳ τὴν ὑπομονήν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in self-control, endurance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:6 ajag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὑπομονήν & τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a verbal phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “enduring hardship … enduring hardship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:6 mile rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ ὑπομονῇ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in endurance, godliness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:6 x7go rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν εὐσέβειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **godliness** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “acting honorably toward God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:7 nbk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ τὴν φιλαδελφίαν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in godliness, brotherly affection” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:7 a8ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν φιλαδελφίαν & τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **brotherly affection** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “being concerned for your brothers and sisters … being concerned for your brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:7 xzwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ τὴν ἀγάπην 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in brotherly affection, love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1:7 h713 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “loving others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:8 tlhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα 1 The word **For** here indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “Because these things existing and increasing in you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:8 ecc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμῖν ὑπάρχοντα καὶ πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 Peter is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if these things are existing and increasing in you, then they will cause you to be neither barren nor unfruitful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
1:8 jz77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:8 l7yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a field that will not produce a crop. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “cause you to be neither unproductive nor useless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:8 qcav rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in positive terms. Alternate translation: “cause you to produce and bear fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1:8 f9qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους 1 The words **barren** and **unfruitful** mean basically the same thing. In combination with the negatives **neither** and **nor**, they are used together to emphasize that this person will not be unproductive but will experience great benefits from knowing Jesus. If it is confusing in your language to use two words together that mean the same thing, you could just use one word with that meaning. Alternate translation: “not unproductive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1:8 ppd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in your knowing our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:9 k6lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that Peter is giving another reason why his audience should obey the command given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Peter gave a positive reason in [1:8](../01/08.md) and gives a negative reason here. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:9 gg2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ᾧ & μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα, τυφλός ἐστιν 1 Here, **he** does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does not have these things. Alternate translation: “anyone who does not have these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1:9 vycf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 The phrase **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:9 h6fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 In this metaphor, Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if the person were **blind** or **nearsighted**. He means this in a spiritual sense, that this person cannot see what is spiritually important. If that is confusing in your language, you could use a different metaphor with that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he … is like a blind or shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:9 xenf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 Although the words **blind** and **nearsighted** have similar meanings, **blind** is more extreme than **nearsighted,** and a person cannot be both at the same time. If it is confusing in your language to describe someone using both of these words in this way, you could use a word like “or” between them or show how they might work together. Alternate translation: “he … is blind or nearsighted” or “he … is blindly nearsighted” or “he … is so nearsighted that he is blind to what is spiritually important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1:9 i0hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns λήθην λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **forgetfulness** in this phrase with a verb. Alternate translation: “having forgotten the cleansing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:9 gq4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **cleansing** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “that God has cleansed him from his old sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:9 gopx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν. 1 Peter is speaking of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “of the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:10 ob38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the two reasons for obedience given in [1:8–9](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:10 xfdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** as a way to directly address his fellow believers in Jesus. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:10 ot7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1:10 raa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and both refer to God choosing believers to belong to him. Peter uses them together to emphasize this idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use just one word and provide the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1:10 pm78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:10 xx39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 Peter is describing a conditional situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if you do these things, then you will certainly not ever stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
1:10 kd2t οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 The combination of the words **certainly not ever** here expresses strong emphatic negation. Alternate translation: “you will most certainly never stumble”
|
||||
1:10 jcv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) abandoning faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not abandon faith in Christ” (2) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not practice sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:11 xvh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his readers should want to obey the commands given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:11 sl6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:11 f45v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:11 k1e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:12 du69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nPeter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:12 xxjq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:12 onqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:12 l2kh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **established** is used to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:12 jys8 ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
|
||||
1:12 pqq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **present** is used as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:12 yy7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective, such as “true.” Alternate translation: “in these true teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:13 p1da rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **But** could mean: (1) Peter is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. His audience already knows the truth, but he wants to remind them again. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Nevertheless.” (2) Peter is connecting this statement with what he said at the beginning of the previous verse. Peter is always ready to remind them of the truth, and he thinks it is correct to do so. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1:13 ax2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι 1 Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “as long as I am in this body” or “as long as I live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:13 vmj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 Peter uses **arouse** to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this usage by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:13 q0sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:14 slej rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 In this clause Peter is giving a reason why he will always remind his audience of doctrinal truths in this letter, specifically faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because I know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:14 j8f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου 1 Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: “I will soon take off this body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:14 fpng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου 1 **Putting off** his **tent** is a nice way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “I will die soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1:14 yzag καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, ἐδήλωσέν μοι 1 Suggested footnote: “Peter may be referring here to what Jesus told him, as recorded in John 21:18–19.”
|
||||
1:15 aau5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ καὶ 1 **Likewise** here could mean that: (1) this statement is in addition to what Peter just said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Moreover” (2) this statement is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
1:15 xz8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἑκάστοτε, ἔχειν ὑμᾶς & τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:15 c2iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Peter has said in the previous verses, specifically the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:15 ivw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism μετὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἔξοδον 1 Peter uses the word **departure** as a nice way to speak of his death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more common euphemism in your language, or state it directly. Alternate translation: “after my passing” or “after I die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1:16 k3rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\n**For** indicates that in [1:16–21](../01/16.md) Peter explains to the believers why they should remember “these things,” which were mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:16 vc99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive οὐ & ἐγνωρίσαμεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the other apostles. It does not refer to his readers. Alternate translation: “we apostles did not follow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:16 jwy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys τὴν & δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 The words **power** and **coming** work together to refer to the same thing; they may be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the powerful coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1:16 zs6v τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 In this clause Peter refers to the second coming of the Lord Jesus to earth. This future event was foreshadowed by the powerful appearance of Jesus known as the “transfiguration,” which is described in Matthew 17:1–8, Mark 9:1–8, and Luke 9:28–36. Peter was an eyewitness of that event.
|
||||
1:16 v4kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:16 miqe ἐπόπται γενηθέντες 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the apostles had made known to others the second coming of Jesus. The apostles based their teaching about the return of Jesus partly on their eyewitness experience. Alternate translation: “by means of becoming eyewitnesses”
|
||||
1:16 xxhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 The pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the majesty of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:16 k3w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **majesty** with an adjective such as “majestic.” Alternate translation: “of his majestic nature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:17 x93a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](../01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:17 q605 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1:17 xlph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns λαβὼν & παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory** by translating them with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:17 m33h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:17 o62f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “such a voice having been brought to him by the Majestic Glory, and this is what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
1:17 sz0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly the idea behind this connection. Alternate translation: “having been brought to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:17 yd8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 Peter refers to God in terms of his **Glory**. The glory of God is closely associated with God himself and here substitutes for his name. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:17 cxh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1:17 ppum rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μου & μου & ἐγὼ 1 The pronouns **my** and **myself** refer to God the Father, who is the one speaking in the quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:18 ezn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 With the words **we ourselves**, Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who also heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “we, James, John, and I, heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:18 chy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
|
||||
1:18 ricv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this reference explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:18 daqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει 1 The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:19 h498 ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
|
||||
1:19 z3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1:19 l7zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:19 sjd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
1:19 xilf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1:19 xt8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ 1 Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1:19 hmb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 Peter speaks of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:19 kc3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:19 v0ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1:19 bl8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φωσφόρος 1 The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which is sometimes visible in the sky just before the sun rises, thus indicating that daybreak is near. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “the star that appears just before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1:20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
|
||||
1:20 ctiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Peter is using a statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this by translating it as a command. If you do so, it might be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Above all, know this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1:20 s4k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
1:20 p5xo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this with a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:21 isqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1:21 evx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ & θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1:21 yxdx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ & θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1:21 x2hv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1:21 mh2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 Peter speaks of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1:21 x1xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 In this phrase, Peter is leaving out a word that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this word is required in your language, it can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “spoke prophecy from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)\n1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)\n1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)\n\nPeter continues this letter in [2:1–3](../02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](../02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](../02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\n\n“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])\n\n### Implicit information\n\nThere are several analogies in [2:4–8](../02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:1 us8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The term translated **Now** could refer to: (1) a new topic expressed by **Now** in the ULT. (2) a contrast between the false prophets in this clause and the true Old Testament prophets mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2:1 l2cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ λαῷ 1 Here, **the people** refers specifically to the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:1 tbz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **heresies** refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. Alternate translation: “opinions of destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2:1 x2bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” or “heresies that destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:1 jif2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:1 wnuv αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
|
||||
2:1 xscu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:1 g99z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:1 xaan rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2:1 xk1x ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
|
||||
2:1 flv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:2 eevb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλοὶ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that **many** refers to people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:2 xzw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσουσιν 1 Here Peter uses the word **follow** to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:2 dg82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:2 z53e ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
|
||||
2:2 fz5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δι’ οὓς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers. It does not refer to the licentious acts in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “through these false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:2 cqjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:2 vspm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **truth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the true way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:2 nzx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “unbelievers will slander the way of truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:2 x3oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 Peter speaks of **the way of truth** as if it were a person who could be **slandered** or shown disrespect. Alternate translation: “they will say bad things about the way of truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2:2 l8ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 Peter assumes that his audience will know that unbelievers will be the ones who slander the Christian faith when they see the sensual lives of the false teachers and their followers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way of truth will be slandered by unbelievers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:3 xs4g ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 Here, **in** indicates the reason for what the false teachers do. Alternate translation: “because of greed”
|
||||
2:3 td8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **greed** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 Here, **false words** are the means by which the false teachers will exploit their victims. Alternate translation: “by means of false words”
|
||||
2:3 xbnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 Peter is using the term **words** to describe the teachings of the false teachers that were conveyed by using **words**. Alternate translation: “by false teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:3 borm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐμπορεύσονται 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will exploit you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:3 xtws rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not idle for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:3 xvw3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ 1 Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
|
||||
2:3 k359 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2:3 jetw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2:3 jvh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2:3 c57u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” by stating the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:4 k2g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2:4 s115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2:4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **spare** means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
|
||||
2:4 dzi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων 1 Peter uses **who had sinned** to distinguish the angels who were punished by God from those that were not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2:4 xwxn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants σειροῖς ζόφου 1 Some of the best ancient manuscripts read “pits” instead of “chains.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in the ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
2:4 uzy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) chains in a very dark place. Alternate translation: “in chains in darkness” (2) a very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains. Alternate translation: “bound in darkness like chains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:4 b54v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ταρταρώσας 1 The word **Tartarus** is a term from Ancient Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Some Ancient Jewish literature written in Greek uses **Tartarus** as a term for the place where God punishes the wicked. Alternate translation: “he cast them into hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:4 xgmp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν 1 God is the one who **handed over** the angels who had sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “God handed over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:4 jjzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν 1 Here, Peter speaks of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:4 c2ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν 1 This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2:4 plhp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **judgment** by translating it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:4 e0ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:4 ppvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:5 zx4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2:5 hpv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
|
||||
2:5 t2w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:5 iw5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὄγδοον, Νῶε 1 Here, **eighth** is an idiom used to refer to a group of eight people. It means that Noah was one of only eight people in the ancient world whom God did not destroy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the literal meaning of the idiom. Alternate translation: “eight people, including Noah” or “with seven others, Noah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:5 llfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish Νῶε, δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 This phrase gives us more information about Noah. It tells us that Noah proclaimed **righteousness** to the ungodly people of the ancient world. It does not distinguish this Noah from any other person named Noah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2:5 kro6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers righteous deeds. Alternate translation: “a preacher of righteous deeds” or “a preacher of how to act rightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:5 xy9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) a preacher who is characterized by righteousness. Alternate translation: “a preacher who is righteous” (2) a preacher who tells others to live righteously. Alternate translation: “one who urged others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:5 enbs κατακλυσμὸν κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας 1 This clause indicates when God protected Noah and his other seven family members, when he **brought a flood upon the world**, as it is translated in the UST.
|
||||
2:5 z814 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession κόσμῳ ἀσεβῶν 1 Peter could be using the possessive form to refer to: (1) the human content of the ancient world. Alternate translation: “the world that contained ungodly people” (2) the world as being characterized by ungodliness. Alternate translation: “the ungodly world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:6 xhcb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the third condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2:6 ap1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
2:6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed **Sodom and Gomorrah**. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
|
||||
2:6 xfyx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:6 w1b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **destruction** by translating the idea behind it with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:6 hgt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς 1 This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2:6 eocy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἀσεβέσιν 1 Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2:7 fm1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2:7 zif8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐρύσατο 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:7 uknf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2:7 mort rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:7 x8vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2:7 wrba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων & ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:7 wq2r τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones”
|
||||
2:7 xnys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:7 k79d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀθέσμων 1 Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:8 dvle rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2:8 sn4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βλέμματι γὰρ καὶ ἀκοῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **seeing** and **hearing** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for by what he saw and what he heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:8 b1ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δίκαιος 1 This refers to Lot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “righteous Lot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:8 xdlw ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 This clause indicates the time when Lot dwelled in Sodom. Alternate translation: “when he lived among them”
|
||||
2:8 xa7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the inhabitants of Sodom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **them** refers to. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:8 ujf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας 1 This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:8 hpi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν δικαίαν & ἐβασάνιζεν 1 Here, **soul** refers to Lot’s thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: “was greatly disturbed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2:8 co5v ἀνόμοις ἔργοις 1 This phrase could mean: (1) the **lawless works** were the means by which Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “with lawless works” (2) the **lawless works** were the reason why Lot tormented his soul. Alternate translation: “because of lawless works”
|
||||
2:9 j0m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact οἶδεν Κύριος 1 This verse and the next verse are the end of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is giving the result of the previous conditions being true. If you have made [2:4–10](../02/04.md) into separate sentences, then you will need to indicate that [2:9](../02/09.md) is the result of the previous conditions being true. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it is true that the Lord knows how” or “Since these things are true, it is also true that the Lord knows how” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2:9 xk2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 Here, **and** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2:9 bcf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πειρασμοῦ & ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:9 xdos rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal κολαζομένους 1 This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2:9 qwcm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀδίκους & κολαζομένους τηρεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:9 ms6u εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
|
||||
2:9 xnf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:10 skh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2:10 xuxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀπίσω & πορευομένους 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nPeter uses the phrase **going after** to refer to habitually doing something. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “those habitually engaging in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:10 eb1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used to refer to person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this figure of speech literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:10 xg5a ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ 1 Here, **in** indicates that this phrase shows the means by which the wicked people go after the flesh. Alternate translation: “by means of practicing its lusts of defilement”
|
||||
2:10 xndv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilement** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in its lusts that defile” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:10 c571 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **and** indicates that this clause provides an additional characteristic of those mentioned in the previous clause. It does not indicate a second group of wicked people. These wicked people not only pursue their sinful desires, but also despise authority. Alternate translation: “and who also despise authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2:10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 Here, **authority** could refer to: (1) God’s authority, as suggested from the examples of rebelling against God in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “despising God’s authority” (2) angelic authority, as suggested by the insulting of “glorious ones” mentioned in the remainder of the verse. Alternate translation: “despising the authority of angels”
|
||||
2:10 n89f τολμηταὶ 1 **Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](../02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers.
|
||||
2:10 nkjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις 1 The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2:10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 **Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want”
|
||||
2:10 x82c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐ τρέμουσιν 1 Here, **They** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:10 f4gi δόξας & βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones”
|
||||
2:10 s7l1 δόξας 1 Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people”
|
||||
2:11 u2jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2:11 ljdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the surrounding context, which is a description of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “being greater in strength and power than these false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:11 vg2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες 1 The words **strength** and **power** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Together, the words describe extreme power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this pair of words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “being much more powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2:11 v1qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν & βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 Here, **them** could mean: (1) the “glorious ones.” Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these glorious ones.” (2) the false teachers. Alternate translation: “do not bring an insulting judgment against these false teachers.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:12 ytrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:12 y4bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτοι & ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα 1 Peter describes the false teachers by comparing them to **unreasoning animals**. Just as **animals** cannot think rationally, neither can these people. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are like animals who are not capable of thinking rationally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:12 xhxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This clause gives more information about the unreasoning animals and thus, by way of comparison, the false teachers. Alternate translation: “which have by nature been born for capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2:12 yxsy γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 Here, **by nature** means that the unreasoning animals (and false teachers by comparison) were destined for capture and destruction due to their very nature as animals born for this purpose. Alternate translation: “according to their nature, these animals are born for capture and destruction”
|
||||
2:12 x14h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This is a purpose clause. The word **for** here indicates that what follows it is the purpose for which these animals have been born. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2:12 erfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
|
||||
2:12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
|
||||
2:12 xzcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:12 jw8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:12 h4v8 καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
|
||||
2:12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
|
||||
2:12 ig4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:13 p7g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive as if it were a wage they had earned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:13 x4gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **unrighteousness** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:13 xjr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡδονὴν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **pleasure** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:13 e62s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:13 hl1e τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 This phrase indicates the time when the false teachers were **reveling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **in** as “during.” Doing these things “during the day” indicates that these people are not ashamed of this behavior. Alternate translation: “reveling during the day”
|
||||
2:13 u1rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 Peter speaks of the false teachers as if they were **stains** or **blemishes** on a garment that cause shame for those who wear it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating it as a simile. Alternate translation: “like stains and blemishes on clothes, which cause disgrace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:13 pwd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 The words **stains** and **blemishes** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “unsightly stains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2:13 vz0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 For emphasis, here Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “They are stains and blemishes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2:13 x3uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:14 v7t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 Here, **eyes** refers to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:14 xo71 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 1 This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
|
||||
2:14 xb2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:14 wt89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2:14 mn07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:14 xgkb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:14 c55u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 Peter is using **hearts** to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:14 sbp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:14 sv4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here, **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:14 c7cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2:15 et62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:15 ky5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:15 x3k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:15 b39g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:15 xkt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:15 xi4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses the word **followed** to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:15 v9lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βαλαὰμ & Βοσὸρ 1 **Bosor** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2:15 alxl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:15 v3wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:15 befr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **wages** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “who loved the unrighteous wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:15 x5gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with the adjective “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “the unrighteous wages” or “the wages for unrighteous acts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:16 z37w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν & ἔσχεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **rebuke** as a verb and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:16 gsm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔλεγξιν & ἔσχεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could specify who rebuked Balaam. This clause could mean: (1) the donkey rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: “a donkey rebuked him” (2) God rebuked Balaam through the donkey. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:16 x7zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδίας παρανομίας 1 This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:16 xspp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:16 tf38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2:17 x5rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:17 t137 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:17 hzu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:17 von6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2:17 xe3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:17 v90z ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
|
||||
2:17 xrpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:18 xgoc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2:18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα & ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
|
||||
2:18 x2by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὑπέρογκα & ματαιότητος 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:18 n2pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ματαιότητος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vanity** with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:18 f8tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:18 t543 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:18 bibq ἀσελγείαις 1 Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
|
||||
2:18 nks3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 Here, Peter speaks of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:19 xqla ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
|
||||
2:19 uyw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:19 je1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:19 n0bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς; 1 Peter uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize the irony of spiritually enslaved people promising spiritual freedom to others. Alternate translation: “while they themselves are slaves of destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2:19 v5tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δοῦλοι 1 Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:19 xyua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession δοῦλοι & τῆς φθορᾶς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that are characterized by **destruction**. Alternate translation: “slaves that will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:19 b79v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:19 xqmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive sentence with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:20 v3xc γὰρ 1 Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
|
||||
2:20 q96i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ & ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2:20 efnj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ & ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:20 xpo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilements** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:20 lu22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2:20 bi73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:20 zxcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:20 ih4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τούτοις & πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:20 ygag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:20 noa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:20 d6ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:20 d42g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2:21 x7gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2:21 e3dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:21 xg05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2:21 pm7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Peter speaks of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2:21 lib0 ἐπιγνοῦσιν 1 This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
|
||||
2:21 ic3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς & ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2:21 j7s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῆς & ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2:21 xwid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς & ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2:21 blr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2:22 hqr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:22 pc36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2:22 h42r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning by translating these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2:22 xgjp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κύων 1 A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **dog** was an insult. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2:22 xycp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὗς 1 A **pig** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **pig** was an insult. If pigs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
3:intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)\n2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Fire\n\nPeople often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])\n\n### Day of the Lord\n\nThe exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
3:1 n92f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:1 aah9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:1 gc3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Here, Peter uses **arouse**, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:1 deoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:1 qxt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμῶν & τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:2 bp8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
3:2 gxj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:2 p4i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων 1 Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:2 ijnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:2 yhi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:2 jnq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς & ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **command** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:2 jx0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῆς & ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
3:2 vusd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦ Κυρίου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **Lord** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:2 x9rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **Savior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:2 tsn4 τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν 1 This phrase indicates the means by which **the command of the Lord and Savior** was given to Peter’s readers. Alternate translation: “by means of your apostles”
|
||||
3:2 xbuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν 1 Here, **your apostles** could refer to: (1) the apostles who proclaimed the teachings of Christ to Peter’s readers or ministered to them in some way. Alternate translation: “the apostles who serve you” (2) all apostles, who belong to all Christians. Alternate translation: “the apostles of us all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:3 lm1a τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. See how you translated this in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
|
||||
3:3 xcd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Peter is using a statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this by translating it as a command. If you do so, it might be helpful to start a new sentence here. See how you translated this in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “Above all, know this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
3:3 mjgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλεύσονται & ἐν ἐμπαιγμονῇ ἐμπαῖκται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mockery** with a verb. Alternate translation: “mockers will come and mock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:3 s69n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, Peter uses **going** to refer to habitually doing something, like someone who walks toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own lusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:3 znh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:4 fe37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καὶ λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
3:4 hgdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:4 lw3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
3:4 zrj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:4 wm6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:4 u54w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:4 xfkr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 Here, **the fathers** is used. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:4 t6hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
3:4 c2en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
3:4 yue7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **creation** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:5 g2ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:5 xgsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis θέλοντας ὅτι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “that the heavens existed long ago by the word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3:5 mku9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth out of water and through water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
|
||||
3:5 o7sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:6 jh4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:6 nyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:6 hvc3 ὁ τότε κόσμος 1 Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
|
||||
3:6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
|
||||
3:7 alp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this contrast explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
3:7 b2in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:7 e673 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:7 ghco rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal πυρὶ 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
3:7 nl8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:7 jl5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:7 u7x2 εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **for** could refer to: (1) the purpose for which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
|
||||
3:7 y3gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **judgment** and **destruction** by stating the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind and destroys the ungodly men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:7 zxxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of the ungodly people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
3:8 s5cy ἓν & τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “do not fail to understand this one fact” or “do not ignore this one thing”
|
||||
3:8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
|
||||
3:8 o1wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
3:9 zv9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3:9 dzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:9 a18l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3:9 szyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι 1 This clause indicates the reason why God is delaying the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he does not want any to perish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
3:9 l9ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3:9 jwjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but all to repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:10 w6ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
3:10 c5m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἥξει & ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
3:10 fu2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:10 z32k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα & λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα & λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
|
||||
3:10 lz8t στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
|
||||
3:10 j1gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:10 qnu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:10 z9f6 γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
|
||||
3:11 buq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
3:11 nq63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:11 tpfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:11 t8wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this emphasis by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
3:11 qoui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3:12 bqnn προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας 1 Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
|
||||
3:12 b73o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δι’ ἣν 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:12 ko6c πυρούμενοι 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being set on fire”
|
||||
3:12 rq9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:12 v15i στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα, τήκεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed by heat” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed by heat” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
3:12 i1ry καυσούμενα 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being burned up by heat”
|
||||
3:13 ptmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καινοὺς & οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν 1 Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
3:13 r2y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:13 evi0 τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
|
||||
3:13 df3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3:13 r5qo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:14 d178 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
3:14 qjca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:14 ndxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:14 fj1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:14 s141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
3:14 byr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:14 rtyg ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 Here, **in peace** could refer to: (1) having peace with God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “at peace with God” (2) feeling peace in one’s heart. Alternate translation: “with peace in your heart”
|
||||
3:15 g35u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:15 pd30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation** by translating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:15 vbso rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **salvation** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:15 vo82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος 1 Peter is using the term **brother** to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
3:15 nnd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:15 esr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **wisdom** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:16 zzko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:16 wil1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:16 z4cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
3:16 weh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:16 sg60 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς 1 Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:16 sh4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
3:16 wrqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:17 kn3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
3:17 wk5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3:17 bq8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result προγινώσκοντες 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
3:17 w3sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ & ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:17 v5cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ & ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
3:17 um49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
3:17 xjht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3:17 h2ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 Here, Peter uses **led astray** to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:17 px85 τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”
|
||||
3:18 ccm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε & ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **grow** is used to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
3:18 zjqa ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει 1 Here, **in** means “with reference to.” Alternate translation: “with reference to the grace and knowledge”
|
||||
3:18 lk3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **grace** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “kind acts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:18 qlbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γνώσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:18 z13o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction and indicates that our also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” If you include both of these phrases in your translation, then you will also need to put a comma at the end of the second phrase. Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
3:18 bpnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May everyone glorify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
3:18 u1g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος 1 Here, **to the day of the age** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue